Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

with sacred and

  • 1 sacred

    [ˈseɪkrɪd] adjective
    1) of God or a god; (that must be respected because) connected with religion or with God or a god:

    Temples, mosques, churches and synagogues are all sacred buildings.

    مُقَدَّس
    2) (of a duty etc ) which must be done etc eg because of respect for someone:

    He considered it a sacred duty to fulfil his dead father's wishes.

    واجِب، مُقَدَّس

    Arabic-English dictionary > sacred

  • 2 sacred

    مُقَدَّس \ blessed, heavenly: belonging to heaven or the heavens. holy: concerning God: The Bible and the Koran are holy books. sacred: (of things; not of people) holy; treated with respect, for religious reasons.

    Arabic-English glossary > sacred

  • 3 ὅσιος

    ὅσι-ος, α, ον, also ος, ον Pl.Lg. 831d, D.H.5.71:—
    A hallowed, i. e. sanctioned or allowed by the law of God or of nature,

    δίκη Thgn.132

    ;

    θοῖναι A.Pr. 529

    (lyr.) ;

    λουτρά S.Aj. 1405

    (anap.);

    καθαρμοί E.Ba.77

    (lyr.);

    μέλος Ar.Av. 898

    ; οὐχ ὅ. unhallowed,

    ὕβρις E.Ba. 374

    (lyr.) ;

    ἔρως Id.Hipp. 764

    (lyr.);

    θυσίαι Id.IT 465

    (anap.).—The sense of ὅσιος often depends on its relation on the one hand to δίκαιος (sanctioned by human law), on the other to ἱερός ( sacred to the gods):
    1 opp. δίκαιος, sanctioned by divine law, hallowed, holy (

    μόριον τοῦ δικαίου τὸ ὅ. Pl.Euthphr. 12d

    ),

    δικαιότερον καὶ ὁσιώτερον καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων Antipho 1.25

    ;

    τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δίκαια καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ὅ. Plb.22.10.8

    : hence, in a common antithesis, τὰ δίκαια καὶ ὅ. things of human and divine ordinance, Pl. Plt. 301d, etc., cf. Euthphr.6e ; also

    ὅ. καὶ νόμιμα Ar.Th. 676

    (lyr.);

    οὐ.. νόμιμον οὐδ' ὅ. ἂν εἴη Pl.Lg. 861d

    ; θεοὺς ὅσιόν τι δρᾶν discharge a duty men owe the gods, E.Supp.40, cf. Hipp. 1081 ; τὸ ὅσιον, = εὐσέβεια, Pl.Euthphr.5d: in an imprecatory formula,

    ἀποδοῦσι μὲν αὐτοῖς ὅσια ᾖ, μὴ ἀποδοῦσι δὲ ἀνόσια SIG1199

    ([place name] Cnidus), cf.

    ἀνοσία 11

    ; so ὅ. καὶ ἐλεύθερα ib.1180.6 (ibid.).
    2 opp. ἱερός, permitted or not forbidden by divine law, profane, ἱερὰ καὶ ὅ. things sacred and profane,

    ἐς ὀλιγωρίαν ἐτράποντο καὶ ἱερῶν καὶ ὁ. ὁμοίως Th.2.52

    , cf. Pl.R. 344a, Lg. 857b, etc. ; κοσμεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοῖς ἱεροῖς καὶ τοῖς ὁ. with sacred and profane buildings, Isoc.7.66 ;

    τῶν ἱερῶν μὲν χρημάτων τοὺς θεούς, τῶν ὁ. δὲ τὴν πόλιν ἀποστερεῖ D.24.9

    ;

    ἀργυρίου ὁσίου IG12.186.13

    ;

    ὁ ταμίας τῶν ὁ. προσόδων OGI229.58

    (Smyrna, iii B. C.);

    ὁ ταμίας τῶν ὁ. Supp.Epigr.1.366.58

    (Samos, iii B. C.); ὅ. χωρίον a lawful place (for giving birth to a child), Ar.Lys. 743 ; ὅσιόν ἐστι folld. by inf., it is lawful, not forbidden by any law, E.IT 1045, etc.;

    οὐκ ὅσιόν ἐστι

    nefas est,

    Hdt.6.81

    ; οὐκ ὅσιον ποιεῦμαι I deem it impious, Id.2.170, cf. D.Ep.5.3 ; οὐδὲ ὅσια (sc. ἐστι)..

    μιαίνειν Pl.R. 416e

    ;

    οὐ γάρ σοι θέμις οὐδ' ὅσιον.. ἱστάναι κτερίσματα S.El. 432

    ;

    ὅσια ποιέειν Hdt.6.86

    .α';

    λέγειν Id.9.79

    ;

    φωνεῖν S.Ph. 662

    ;

    φρονεῖν E.El. 1203

    (lyr.).
    II of persons, pious, devout, religious,

    ἄνδρες A.Supp.27

    (anap.), cf. E.Med. 850 (lyr.), etc.;

    Παλλάδος ὁ. πόλις Id.El. 1320

    (anap.); ὅ. θιασῶται, μύσται, Ar.Ra. 327, 336 (both lyr.);

    ἐμαυτὸν ὅ. καὶ δίκαιον παρέχειν Antipho 2.2.2

    ;

    ὅσιοι πρὸς οὐ δικαίους ἱστάμεθα Th.5.104

    ; opp. ἀνόσιος, E.Or. 547; opp. ἐπίορκος, X.An.2.6.25 ; ὅσιος εἴς τινα, περὶ ξένους, E.Heracl. 719, Cyc. 125 ;

    πρὸς τοὺς τοκέας Gorg.6

    .
    2 sinless, pure,

    ἐξ ὁ. στομάτων Emp.4.2

    ; ὅ. ἔστω καὶ εὐαγής Lex Solonis ap.And.1.96: c. gen., ἱερῶν πατρῴων ὅσιος in regard to the sacred rites of his forefathers, A.Th. 1015;

    ὅσιος ἀπ' εὐνᾶς E. Ion 150

    (lyr.); also ὅσιαι χέρες pure, clean hands, A.Ch. 378 (anap.), cf. S.OC 470.
    3 rarely of the gods, holy, Orph.H.77.2 ;

    θεοῖς ὁ. καὶ δικαίοις CIG3830

    ([place name] Cotyaeum), cf. 3594 (Alexandria Troas).
    4 title of five special priests at Delphi, Plu.2.292d, 365a.
    5 οἱ ὅσιοι 'the saints', LXX Ps. 29(30).4, al.
    III Adv.

    ὁσίως Antipho 2.4.12

    , etc.;

    ὁ. οὔχ, ὑπ' ἀνάγκας δέ E.Supp.63

    (lyr.);

    οὐχ ὁ. Id.Hipp. 1287

    (anap.), cf. Th.2.5 (v. l.);

    καλῶς καὶ ὁ. Pl.Phd. 113d

    ;

    δικαίως καὶ ὁ. Id.R. 331a

    ;

    ὁ. καὶ κατὰ νόμον Id.Lg. 799b

    ; ὁ. ἂν ὑμῖν ἔχοι τοῦτον θύειν.. it would be right for you that he should.., X.Cyr.8.5.26 : c. part., ὁ. ἂν ἔχοι αὐτῷ μὴ δεχομένῳ .. Id.HG4.7.2 : [comp] Comp.

    - ώτερον E.IT 1194

    , etc.: [comp] Sup.,

    ὡς -ώτατα διαβιῶναι τὸν βίον Pl.Men. 81b

    , etc. (Not in Hom., who has only Subst. ὁσίη, v. ὁσία.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅσιος

  • 4 अनुमन्त्र् _anumantr

    अनुमन्त्र् 1 A. To consecrate or accompany with sacred hymns or magical formulas; to dismiss with sacred and auspicious words, dismiss with a blessing; विसृष्टश्च वामदेवानुमन्त्रितो$श्वः U.2. (v. l. for अभिमन्त्रित); रथमारोप्य कृष्णेन यत्र कर्णो$नुमन्त्रितः Mb.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अनुमन्त्र् _anumantr

  • 5 ब्रह्मन् _brahman

    ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]
    1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.
    -2 A hymn of praise.
    -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.
    -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.
    -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.
    -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.
    -8 Religious penance or austerities.
    -9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.
    -1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.
    -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.
    -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.
    -13 Wealth.
    -14 Food.
    -15 A Brāhmaṇa.
    -16 Truth.
    -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.
    -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.
    -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.
    -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.
    1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]
    -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.
    -3 A devout man.
    -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.
    -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.
    -6 The sun.
    -7 Intellect.
    -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.
    -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.
    -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.
    -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.
    -1 Of Śiva.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.
    -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.
    -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).
    -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.
    -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.
    -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.
    -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.
    -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.
    -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.
    -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.
    -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.
    -2 N. of a forest.
    -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.
    -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 N. of a spell.
    -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.
    -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.
    -आत्मभूः a horse.
    -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.
    -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.
    -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.
    -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.
    -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.
    -आहुतिः f.
    1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.
    -2 the study of the Vedas.
    -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).
    -उत्तर a.
    1 treating principally of Brahman.
    -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.
    -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.
    -उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.
    -ऋषिः (
    ब्रह्मर्षिः or
    ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).
    -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.
    -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -करः a tax paid to the priestly class.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.
    -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).
    -कल्पः an age of Brahman.
    -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.
    -काष्ठः the mulberry tree.
    -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.
    -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.
    -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.
    -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.
    -गिरिः N. of a mountain.
    -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.
    -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.
    -गोलः the universe.
    -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).
    -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.
    -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.
    -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,
    -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).
    -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.
    -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.
    -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.
    -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).
    -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.
    -2 N. of a magical circle.
    -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.
    -2 religious study, self-restraint.
    -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (
    -र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (
    -र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.
    -चारिकम् the life of a religious student.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 studying the Vedas.
    -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.
    -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 of Skanda.
    -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.
    -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.
    -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -जन्मन् n.
    1 spirtual birth.
    -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.
    -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.
    -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.
    -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.
    -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.
    -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.
    -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.
    -ज्योतिस् n.
    1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.
    -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.
    -तालः (in music) a kind of measure.
    -तेजस् n.
    1 the glory of Brahman.
    -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.
    -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.
    -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.
    -5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.
    -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).
    -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.
    -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.
    -2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.
    -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -दारुः the mulberry tree.
    -दिनम् a day of Brahman.
    -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.
    -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (
    -यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.
    (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.
    -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.
    -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.
    -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.
    -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.
    1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).
    -2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.
    -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.
    -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.
    -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.
    -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.
    -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (
    -ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.
    -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.
    -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.
    -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.
    -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.
    -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.
    -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.
    -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.
    -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.
    -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.
    -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.
    (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.
    -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (
    -त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.
    -2 the body; Ch. Up.
    -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).
    -2 N. of Benares.
    -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.
    -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).
    -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.
    -प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.
    -बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.
    -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.
    -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.
    -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.
    -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.
    -2 the mulberry tree.
    -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.
    -भवनम् the abode of Brahman.
    -भागः 1 the mulberry tree.
    -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.
    -भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit
    -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.
    -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.
    -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.
    -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.
    -भूतिः f. twilight.
    -भूमिजा a kind of pepper.
    -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.
    -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.
    -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.
    -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.
    -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.
    -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.
    -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.
    -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.
    -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.
    -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मेखलः the Munja plant.
    -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)
    -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.
    -योनि a.
    1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (
    -निः) f.
    1 original source in Brahman.
    -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.
    -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.
    -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.
    -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.
    -रवः muttering of prayers.
    -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.
    -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.
    -रात्रः early dawn.
    -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)
    -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.
    -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.
    -3 a particular constellation.
    -रीतिः f. a kind of brass.
    -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.
    -लोकः the world of Brahman.
    -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.
    -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.
    -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.
    -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.
    -वर्चस् n.,
    -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.
    -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.
    -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.
    -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.
    -वर्धनम् copper.
    -वाच् f. the sacred text.
    -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.
    -वादिन् m.
    1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.
    -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (
    -नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.
    -वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.
    -विद्, -विद a.
    1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.
    -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.
    -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.
    -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.
    -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.
    -वीणा a particular Vīṇā.
    -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.
    -2 the Udumbara tree.
    -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.
    -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.
    -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.
    -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.
    -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).
    -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.
    -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.
    -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas
    -व्रतम् a vow of chastity.
    -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).
    -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.
    -2 a place for reciting the Vedas.
    -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.
    -2 a command of Brahman.
    -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -4 instruction about sacred duty.
    -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.
    -श्री N. of a Sāman.
    -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.
    -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.
    -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.
    -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.
    -2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.
    -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.
    -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.
    -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.
    -सभा the hall or court of Brahman.
    -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (
    -वः) N. of Nārada.
    -सर्पः a kind of snake.
    -सवः distillation of Soma.
    -सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.
    -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.
    -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.
    -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.
    -2 a kind of Ketu.
    -सुवर्चला f.
    1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).
    -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.
    -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.
    -2 N. of the god of love.
    -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.
    -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.
    -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.
    -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.
    -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.
    -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.
    -स्थानः the mulberry tree.
    -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.
    -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.
    -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.
    -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.
    -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > ब्रह्मन् _brahman

  • 6 sancio

    sancĭo, xi, ctum, 4 ( pluperf. sancierat, Pompon. ap. Diom. p. 368 P.; id. ap. Prisc. p. 904 ib.:

    sancivi,

    Prisc. 904; Diom. 368; part. perf. sancitum, Lucr. 1, 587; Cass. Sev. ap. Diom. l. l.), v. a. [Sanscr. root sac, sak, to accompany, honor (cf. sequor); whence also sacer; cf. Gr. HaG, hagios, hagnos], to render sacred or inviolable by a religious act; to appoint as sacred or inviolable.
    I.
    Lit., mostly of legal ordinances or other public proceedings, to fix unalterably; to establish, appoint, decree, ordain; also, to make irrevocable or unalterable; to enact, confirm, ratify, sanction (freq. and class.; cf.: caveo, scisco).
    A.
    Sancire legem (jus, foedus, etc.):

    legibus istis, quas senatus de ambitu sancire voluerit, etc.,

    Cic. Planc. 18, 44:

    Cretum leges, quas sive Juppiter sive Minos sanxit,

    id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; cf.:

    quasdam leges ex integro sanxit,

    Suet. Aug. 34; and:

    sancire legem, Ne quis, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 55:

    tabulas Quas bis quinque viri sanxerunt,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 24:

    quam temere in nosmet legem sancimus iniquam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 67:

    legem sanciendo,

    Liv. 3, 55 et saep.— Pass.:

    haec igitur lex sanciatur, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 12, 40, and 13, 44; cf.:

    M. Valerius consul de provocatione legem tulit diligentius sanctam,

    Liv. 10, 9:

    sacrosanctum esse nihil potest, nisi quod populus plebesve sanxisset,

    Cic. Balb. 14, 33:

    sanxisset jura nobis,

    id. Rep. 3, 11, 18: jus utile civitati, Pompon. ap. Prisc. p. 904:

    in quibus (legibus) illa eadem sancta sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 50, § 123:

    cum aut morte tuā sancienda sint consulum imperia, aut impunitate in perpetuum abroganda,

    Liv. 8, 7:

    SENTENTIAM,

    Inscr. Orell. 4405:

    foedus,

    to ratify the treaty, Liv. 1, 24; so Cic. Sest. 10, 24:

    foedera sanguine,

    id. post Red. ad Quir. 5, 13; Liv. 23, 8 fin.; 25, 16; Tac. A. 12, 46; cf. poet.:

    foedera fulmine,

    Verg. A. 12, 200.—
    B.
    Sancire lege (edicto, etc.) aliquid, de aliquā re, ut, ne, etc.:

    alia moribus confirmarunt, sanxerunt autem alia legibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 2; cf.:

    genus id agrorum certo capite legis confirmari atque sanciri,

    id. Agr. 3, 1, 3:

    quod aedilis plebis fuisset, contra quam sanctum legibus erat,

    Liv. 30, 19:

    ne res efferatur jurejurando ac fide sanciatur petunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 2; cf. Liv. 39, 37:

    neque enim rogationibus plebisve scitis sancta sunt ista praecepta,

    Quint. 2, 13, 6:

    coetibus ac sacrificiis conspirationem civitatum,

    Tac. Agr. 27:

    eadem fuit (causa) nihil de hac re lege sanciendi,

    Liv. 34, 4:

    nihil lege ullā in alios sanxit,

    Just. 3, 2, 8:

    de jure praediorum sanctum apud nos est jure civili, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 65:

    inhumanissimā lege sanxerunt, ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 2, 37, 63; cf.:

    habeat legibus sanctum, Si quis...uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 20:

    lege naturae, communi jure gentium sanctum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 14, 32:

    primo duodecim tabulis sanctum, ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 6, 16:

    Flaccus sanxit edicto, ne, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 28, 67:

    in omne tempus gravi documento sancirent, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 19:

    nec, quominus id postea liceret, ulla lex sanxit,

    Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 5, 3.—
    (β).
    Without abl.:

    de quibus confirmandis et sanciendis legem comitiis centuriatis laturus est,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 8, 17; cf.:

    acta Caesaris,

    id. Att. 14, 21, 2:

    quae dubia sunt, per vos sancire vult,

    id. Agr. 3 4, 13:

    augurem Jovis optimi maximi,

    id. Phil. 13, 5, 12:

    cum de eo nihil sanxerit, quod antea commissum non erat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70:

    quid est, quod tam accurate tamque diligenter caveat et sanciat, ut heredes sui, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 31, 101.—
    C.
    With acc. and inf.:

    rursus fide sanxerunt liberos Tarentinos leges suaque omnia habituros,

    Liv. 25, 8:

    omnes liberos esse sanxit,

    Suet. Claud. 25.—
    D.
    Lex sancit, decrees, ordains (with acc. or obj.-clause):

    at hoc Valeria lex non dicit, Corneliae leges non sanciunt,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 2, 8:

    consularis lex sanxit, ne qui magistratus sine provocatione crearetur,

    id. Rep. 2, 31, 54; cf.:

    res et ab naturā profectas et ab consuetudine probatas, legum metus et religio sanxit,

    id. Inv. 2, 53, 160.—
    E.
    Poet., with relative-clause:

    quid quaeque queant, per foedera naturaï, Quid porro nequeant, sancitum quandoquidem exstat,

    Lucr. 1, 587. —
    F.
    To render sacred to any one, to devote, consecrate, dedicate:

    sancire alicui carmina,

    Stat. S. 3, 3, 215; cf. id. Th. 11, 344: templum, Coripp. 4, 264.—
    II.
    Transf., to forbid under pain of punishment, to enact a penalty against (very rare):

    incestum pontifices supplicio sanciunto,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22; cf.:

    noxiae poena par esto, ut in suo vitio quisque plectatur: vis capite, avaritia multa, honoris cupiditas ignominiā sanciatur,

    id. ib. 3, 20, 46; id. Planc. 19, 47:

    hoc (sc. insidiae) quamquam video neque more turpe haberi, neque aut lege sanciri aut jure civili: tamen naturae lege sanctum est,

    id. Off. 3, 17, 69:

    erranti viam non monstrare, quod Athenis exsecrationibus publicis sanctum est,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55:

    Solon capite sanxit, si qui in seditione non alterius utrius partis fuisset,

    made it a capital offence, id. Att. 10, 1, 2.—With abl. of fine:

    injurias factas quinque et viginti assibus sanxerunt,

    Gell. 20, 1, 31.—Hence, sanc-tus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Orig., rendered sacred, established as inviolable, i. e. sacred, inviolable (whereas sacer signifies consecrated to a deity. Thus, e. g., a temple, grove, or the like, is sacer locus;

    but sanctus locus is any public place which it is forbidden to injure or disturb. A sacer locus is also sanctus, but the converse is not always true): proprie dicimus sancta, quae neque sacra neque profana sunt, sed sanctione quādam confirmata, ut leges sanctae sunt, quia sanctione quādam sunt subnixae. Quod enim sanctione quādam subnixum est, id sanctum est, etsi deo non sit consecratum,

    Dig. 1, 8, 9:

    sanctum est, quod ab injuriā hominum defensum atque munitum est...In municipiis quoque muros esse sanctos,

    ib. 1, 8, 8; cf.:

    sanctae res, veluti muri et portae,

    ib. 1, 8, 1:

    campus,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    tribuni ejus (plebis) essent sanctique sunto,

    id. Leg. 3, 3, 9 (cf. sacrosanctus):

    societas,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26; id. Rep. 1, 32, 49:

    fides induciarum,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    nullum esse officium, nullum jus tam sanctum atque integrum, quod non ejus scelus atque perfidia violarit et imminuerit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 109; so,

    officium,

    id. Quint. 6, 26:

    poëtae...poëtae nomen,

    id. Arch. 8, 18 sq. —Hence, aerarium sanctius, a special treasure of the State, which was only to be used in cases of extreme necessity (v. aerarium).—Of persons:

    hospites ab injuriā prohibent sanctosque habent,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    ut vestris etiam legionibus sanctus essem,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 60:

    uxor,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 30.—Because to the idea of inviolability is readily attached that of exalted worth, of sacredness, or divinity (as, on the contrary, our word sacred afterward received the meaning of inviolable, e. g. sacred rights, a sacred promise, sacred honor, etc.), sanctus denotes,
    B.
    Venerable, august, divine, sacred, pure, holy (very freq. and class.); of a divinity, and of things in any way belonging to one: Saturno sancte create, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 607 Vahl.): Juno Saturnia sancta dearum, id. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 4, 576 (Ann. v. 65 ib.): teque pater Tiberine (veneror) tuo cum flumine sancto, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 55 ib.):

    numen,

    Lucr. 5, 309; 6, 70:

    sedes deum,

    id. 5, 147; Cic. Rep. 5, 5, 7:

    fana,

    Lucr. 5, 74:

    delubra,

    id. 6, 417; 6, 1272:

    sanctus augustusque fons,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 12, 36:

    sanctior dies (with sollemnis),

    Hor. C. 4, 11, 17:

    ignes (of a sacrifice),

    Verg. A. 3, 406 et saep.—

    After Augustus,

    a title given to the emperors, Ov. F. 2, 127; Val. Fl. 1, 11:

    sanctius et reverentius est visum nomen Augusti,

    Flor. 4, 12, 66:

    intra limina sanctioris aulae,

    Mart. 5, 6, 8 (al. aevi):

    amicitiae sanctum et venerabile nomen,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 8, 15:

    libertas,

    Liv. 3, 52:

    pudicitia,

    id. 3, 52.—
    2.
    Of character, morally pure, good, innocent, pious, holy, just, etc. (freq. and class.): cum esset ille vir exemplum innocentiae, cumque illo nemo neque integrior esset in civitate neque sanctior, Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 229; cf.:

    sanctissimi viri,

    id. Lael. 11, 39:

    homines frugalissimi, sanctissimi,

    id. Fl. 29, 71:

    sancti et religiosi,

    id. Rosc. Com. 15, 44; cf.:

    qui sunt sancti, qui religionum colentes,

    id. Planc. 33, 80:

    vir in publicis religionibus foederum sanctus et diligens,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 49: veteres et sancti viri, Sall. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 2, 9:

    sanctius consilium,

    Liv. 30, 16; cf.:

    jura magistratusque legunt sanctumque senatum,

    Verg. A. 1, 426:

    da (mihi) justo sanctoque videri,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 61:

    Dareus ut erat sanctus et mitis,

    Curt. 3, 8, 5:

    amores,

    pure, chaste, Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68; cf.:

    virgines,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 27:

    sanctissima conjux,

    Verg. A. 11, 158:

    pudor,

    Tib. 1, 3, 83:

    mores (with pudicitia),

    Juv. 10, 298 et saep.:

    me quidem id multo magis movet, quod mihi est et sanctius antiquius,

    Cic. Att. 12, 19, 4:

    quod apud omnes leve et infirmum est, id apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducatur?

    id. Rosc. Com. 2, 6; cf.:

    est et sancta et gravis oratio (Calvi),

    Quint. 10, 1, 115; so comp.:

    oratio,

    id. 8, 3, 24:

    genus orationis,

    id. 4, 2, 125:

    eloquentia,

    Tac. Or. 4:

    manus sanctas habere,

    Val. Max. 2, 2, 8:

    sanctissima disciplina (Stoicorum),

    Gell. 1, 2, 7; cf. Lucr. 3, 371. —
    C.
    In eccl. Lat., substt.
    1.
    sanctus, i, m., a saint, holy man:

    sancti tui,

    Vulg. 2 Par. 6, 41:

    omnes sancti ejus,

    id. Psa. 30, 24. —
    2.
    sanctum, i, n., a holy place; esp.:

    sanctum sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 34 et saep.:

    in sancto habitas,

    id. Psa. 21, 4.—Also in plur.:

    sancta sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 40, 11 et saep.: violare sancta, id. Judith, 9, 11. — Adv.: sanctē (acc. to B.), solemnly, conscientiously, scrupulously, religiously, with holy awe, etc.:

    jurare,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 112; Ter. Hec. 1, 1, 4:

    adjurare,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 27; Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 26:

    nimis sancte pius,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 8; cf.:

    pie sancteque colimus naturam excellentem,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    auguste sancteque consecrare,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 62:

    disce verecundo sanctius ore loqui,

    Mart. 8, 1, 2:

    multa sunt severius scripta quam in antiquis legibus et sanctius,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 4, 8:

    se sanctissime gerere,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 13:

    te sancte precor,

    Liv. 2, 10:

    illae (tabulae) servantur sancte,

    scrupulously, religiously, Cic. Rosc. Com. 2, 7; cf.:

    me ea, quae tibi promitto ac recipio, sanctissime esse observaturum,

    id. Fam. 5, 8, 5:

    virgines tam sancte habuit,

    Curt. 3, 12, 21:

    exempla conservatae sanctissime utrobique opinionis,

    Quint. 1, 2, 4:

    apud Sallustium dicta sancte et antique,

    purely, chastely, id. 8, 3, 44.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sancio

  • 7 sanctum

    sancĭo, xi, ctum, 4 ( pluperf. sancierat, Pompon. ap. Diom. p. 368 P.; id. ap. Prisc. p. 904 ib.:

    sancivi,

    Prisc. 904; Diom. 368; part. perf. sancitum, Lucr. 1, 587; Cass. Sev. ap. Diom. l. l.), v. a. [Sanscr. root sac, sak, to accompany, honor (cf. sequor); whence also sacer; cf. Gr. HaG, hagios, hagnos], to render sacred or inviolable by a religious act; to appoint as sacred or inviolable.
    I.
    Lit., mostly of legal ordinances or other public proceedings, to fix unalterably; to establish, appoint, decree, ordain; also, to make irrevocable or unalterable; to enact, confirm, ratify, sanction (freq. and class.; cf.: caveo, scisco).
    A.
    Sancire legem (jus, foedus, etc.):

    legibus istis, quas senatus de ambitu sancire voluerit, etc.,

    Cic. Planc. 18, 44:

    Cretum leges, quas sive Juppiter sive Minos sanxit,

    id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; cf.:

    quasdam leges ex integro sanxit,

    Suet. Aug. 34; and:

    sancire legem, Ne quis, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 55:

    tabulas Quas bis quinque viri sanxerunt,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 24:

    quam temere in nosmet legem sancimus iniquam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 67:

    legem sanciendo,

    Liv. 3, 55 et saep.— Pass.:

    haec igitur lex sanciatur, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 12, 40, and 13, 44; cf.:

    M. Valerius consul de provocatione legem tulit diligentius sanctam,

    Liv. 10, 9:

    sacrosanctum esse nihil potest, nisi quod populus plebesve sanxisset,

    Cic. Balb. 14, 33:

    sanxisset jura nobis,

    id. Rep. 3, 11, 18: jus utile civitati, Pompon. ap. Prisc. p. 904:

    in quibus (legibus) illa eadem sancta sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 50, § 123:

    cum aut morte tuā sancienda sint consulum imperia, aut impunitate in perpetuum abroganda,

    Liv. 8, 7:

    SENTENTIAM,

    Inscr. Orell. 4405:

    foedus,

    to ratify the treaty, Liv. 1, 24; so Cic. Sest. 10, 24:

    foedera sanguine,

    id. post Red. ad Quir. 5, 13; Liv. 23, 8 fin.; 25, 16; Tac. A. 12, 46; cf. poet.:

    foedera fulmine,

    Verg. A. 12, 200.—
    B.
    Sancire lege (edicto, etc.) aliquid, de aliquā re, ut, ne, etc.:

    alia moribus confirmarunt, sanxerunt autem alia legibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 2; cf.:

    genus id agrorum certo capite legis confirmari atque sanciri,

    id. Agr. 3, 1, 3:

    quod aedilis plebis fuisset, contra quam sanctum legibus erat,

    Liv. 30, 19:

    ne res efferatur jurejurando ac fide sanciatur petunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 2; cf. Liv. 39, 37:

    neque enim rogationibus plebisve scitis sancta sunt ista praecepta,

    Quint. 2, 13, 6:

    coetibus ac sacrificiis conspirationem civitatum,

    Tac. Agr. 27:

    eadem fuit (causa) nihil de hac re lege sanciendi,

    Liv. 34, 4:

    nihil lege ullā in alios sanxit,

    Just. 3, 2, 8:

    de jure praediorum sanctum apud nos est jure civili, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 65:

    inhumanissimā lege sanxerunt, ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 2, 37, 63; cf.:

    habeat legibus sanctum, Si quis...uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 20:

    lege naturae, communi jure gentium sanctum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 14, 32:

    primo duodecim tabulis sanctum, ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 6, 16:

    Flaccus sanxit edicto, ne, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 28, 67:

    in omne tempus gravi documento sancirent, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 19:

    nec, quominus id postea liceret, ulla lex sanxit,

    Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 5, 3.—
    (β).
    Without abl.:

    de quibus confirmandis et sanciendis legem comitiis centuriatis laturus est,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 8, 17; cf.:

    acta Caesaris,

    id. Att. 14, 21, 2:

    quae dubia sunt, per vos sancire vult,

    id. Agr. 3 4, 13:

    augurem Jovis optimi maximi,

    id. Phil. 13, 5, 12:

    cum de eo nihil sanxerit, quod antea commissum non erat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70:

    quid est, quod tam accurate tamque diligenter caveat et sanciat, ut heredes sui, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 31, 101.—
    C.
    With acc. and inf.:

    rursus fide sanxerunt liberos Tarentinos leges suaque omnia habituros,

    Liv. 25, 8:

    omnes liberos esse sanxit,

    Suet. Claud. 25.—
    D.
    Lex sancit, decrees, ordains (with acc. or obj.-clause):

    at hoc Valeria lex non dicit, Corneliae leges non sanciunt,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 2, 8:

    consularis lex sanxit, ne qui magistratus sine provocatione crearetur,

    id. Rep. 2, 31, 54; cf.:

    res et ab naturā profectas et ab consuetudine probatas, legum metus et religio sanxit,

    id. Inv. 2, 53, 160.—
    E.
    Poet., with relative-clause:

    quid quaeque queant, per foedera naturaï, Quid porro nequeant, sancitum quandoquidem exstat,

    Lucr. 1, 587. —
    F.
    To render sacred to any one, to devote, consecrate, dedicate:

    sancire alicui carmina,

    Stat. S. 3, 3, 215; cf. id. Th. 11, 344: templum, Coripp. 4, 264.—
    II.
    Transf., to forbid under pain of punishment, to enact a penalty against (very rare):

    incestum pontifices supplicio sanciunto,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22; cf.:

    noxiae poena par esto, ut in suo vitio quisque plectatur: vis capite, avaritia multa, honoris cupiditas ignominiā sanciatur,

    id. ib. 3, 20, 46; id. Planc. 19, 47:

    hoc (sc. insidiae) quamquam video neque more turpe haberi, neque aut lege sanciri aut jure civili: tamen naturae lege sanctum est,

    id. Off. 3, 17, 69:

    erranti viam non monstrare, quod Athenis exsecrationibus publicis sanctum est,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55:

    Solon capite sanxit, si qui in seditione non alterius utrius partis fuisset,

    made it a capital offence, id. Att. 10, 1, 2.—With abl. of fine:

    injurias factas quinque et viginti assibus sanxerunt,

    Gell. 20, 1, 31.—Hence, sanc-tus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Orig., rendered sacred, established as inviolable, i. e. sacred, inviolable (whereas sacer signifies consecrated to a deity. Thus, e. g., a temple, grove, or the like, is sacer locus;

    but sanctus locus is any public place which it is forbidden to injure or disturb. A sacer locus is also sanctus, but the converse is not always true): proprie dicimus sancta, quae neque sacra neque profana sunt, sed sanctione quādam confirmata, ut leges sanctae sunt, quia sanctione quādam sunt subnixae. Quod enim sanctione quādam subnixum est, id sanctum est, etsi deo non sit consecratum,

    Dig. 1, 8, 9:

    sanctum est, quod ab injuriā hominum defensum atque munitum est...In municipiis quoque muros esse sanctos,

    ib. 1, 8, 8; cf.:

    sanctae res, veluti muri et portae,

    ib. 1, 8, 1:

    campus,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    tribuni ejus (plebis) essent sanctique sunto,

    id. Leg. 3, 3, 9 (cf. sacrosanctus):

    societas,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26; id. Rep. 1, 32, 49:

    fides induciarum,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    nullum esse officium, nullum jus tam sanctum atque integrum, quod non ejus scelus atque perfidia violarit et imminuerit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 109; so,

    officium,

    id. Quint. 6, 26:

    poëtae...poëtae nomen,

    id. Arch. 8, 18 sq. —Hence, aerarium sanctius, a special treasure of the State, which was only to be used in cases of extreme necessity (v. aerarium).—Of persons:

    hospites ab injuriā prohibent sanctosque habent,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    ut vestris etiam legionibus sanctus essem,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 60:

    uxor,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 30.—Because to the idea of inviolability is readily attached that of exalted worth, of sacredness, or divinity (as, on the contrary, our word sacred afterward received the meaning of inviolable, e. g. sacred rights, a sacred promise, sacred honor, etc.), sanctus denotes,
    B.
    Venerable, august, divine, sacred, pure, holy (very freq. and class.); of a divinity, and of things in any way belonging to one: Saturno sancte create, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 607 Vahl.): Juno Saturnia sancta dearum, id. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 4, 576 (Ann. v. 65 ib.): teque pater Tiberine (veneror) tuo cum flumine sancto, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 55 ib.):

    numen,

    Lucr. 5, 309; 6, 70:

    sedes deum,

    id. 5, 147; Cic. Rep. 5, 5, 7:

    fana,

    Lucr. 5, 74:

    delubra,

    id. 6, 417; 6, 1272:

    sanctus augustusque fons,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 12, 36:

    sanctior dies (with sollemnis),

    Hor. C. 4, 11, 17:

    ignes (of a sacrifice),

    Verg. A. 3, 406 et saep.—

    After Augustus,

    a title given to the emperors, Ov. F. 2, 127; Val. Fl. 1, 11:

    sanctius et reverentius est visum nomen Augusti,

    Flor. 4, 12, 66:

    intra limina sanctioris aulae,

    Mart. 5, 6, 8 (al. aevi):

    amicitiae sanctum et venerabile nomen,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 8, 15:

    libertas,

    Liv. 3, 52:

    pudicitia,

    id. 3, 52.—
    2.
    Of character, morally pure, good, innocent, pious, holy, just, etc. (freq. and class.): cum esset ille vir exemplum innocentiae, cumque illo nemo neque integrior esset in civitate neque sanctior, Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 229; cf.:

    sanctissimi viri,

    id. Lael. 11, 39:

    homines frugalissimi, sanctissimi,

    id. Fl. 29, 71:

    sancti et religiosi,

    id. Rosc. Com. 15, 44; cf.:

    qui sunt sancti, qui religionum colentes,

    id. Planc. 33, 80:

    vir in publicis religionibus foederum sanctus et diligens,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 49: veteres et sancti viri, Sall. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 2, 9:

    sanctius consilium,

    Liv. 30, 16; cf.:

    jura magistratusque legunt sanctumque senatum,

    Verg. A. 1, 426:

    da (mihi) justo sanctoque videri,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 61:

    Dareus ut erat sanctus et mitis,

    Curt. 3, 8, 5:

    amores,

    pure, chaste, Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68; cf.:

    virgines,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 27:

    sanctissima conjux,

    Verg. A. 11, 158:

    pudor,

    Tib. 1, 3, 83:

    mores (with pudicitia),

    Juv. 10, 298 et saep.:

    me quidem id multo magis movet, quod mihi est et sanctius antiquius,

    Cic. Att. 12, 19, 4:

    quod apud omnes leve et infirmum est, id apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducatur?

    id. Rosc. Com. 2, 6; cf.:

    est et sancta et gravis oratio (Calvi),

    Quint. 10, 1, 115; so comp.:

    oratio,

    id. 8, 3, 24:

    genus orationis,

    id. 4, 2, 125:

    eloquentia,

    Tac. Or. 4:

    manus sanctas habere,

    Val. Max. 2, 2, 8:

    sanctissima disciplina (Stoicorum),

    Gell. 1, 2, 7; cf. Lucr. 3, 371. —
    C.
    In eccl. Lat., substt.
    1.
    sanctus, i, m., a saint, holy man:

    sancti tui,

    Vulg. 2 Par. 6, 41:

    omnes sancti ejus,

    id. Psa. 30, 24. —
    2.
    sanctum, i, n., a holy place; esp.:

    sanctum sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 34 et saep.:

    in sancto habitas,

    id. Psa. 21, 4.—Also in plur.:

    sancta sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 40, 11 et saep.: violare sancta, id. Judith, 9, 11. — Adv.: sanctē (acc. to B.), solemnly, conscientiously, scrupulously, religiously, with holy awe, etc.:

    jurare,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 112; Ter. Hec. 1, 1, 4:

    adjurare,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 27; Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 26:

    nimis sancte pius,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 8; cf.:

    pie sancteque colimus naturam excellentem,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    auguste sancteque consecrare,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 62:

    disce verecundo sanctius ore loqui,

    Mart. 8, 1, 2:

    multa sunt severius scripta quam in antiquis legibus et sanctius,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 4, 8:

    se sanctissime gerere,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 13:

    te sancte precor,

    Liv. 2, 10:

    illae (tabulae) servantur sancte,

    scrupulously, religiously, Cic. Rosc. Com. 2, 7; cf.:

    me ea, quae tibi promitto ac recipio, sanctissime esse observaturum,

    id. Fam. 5, 8, 5:

    virgines tam sancte habuit,

    Curt. 3, 12, 21:

    exempla conservatae sanctissime utrobique opinionis,

    Quint. 1, 2, 4:

    apud Sallustium dicta sancte et antique,

    purely, chastely, id. 8, 3, 44.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sanctum

  • 8 मन्त्रः _mantrḥ

    मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्]
    1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-- it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting).
    -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v.
    -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57.
    -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c.
    -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः.
    -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29.
    -7 Policy, statesmanship.
    -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1.
    -9 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -1 of Śiva.
    -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell.
    -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15.
    -अधिराजः supreme over all spells.
    -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4.
    -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn.
    -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water.
    -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice.
    -करणम् 1 Vedic texts.
    -2 composing or reci- ting sacred texts; P.I.3.25.
    -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8.
    -कारः the author of Vedic hymns.
    -कार्यम् subject of consultation.
    -कालः time of consultation or delibe- ration. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149.
    -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice.
    -कृत् m.
    1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31.
    -2 one who recites a sacred text.
    -3 a counsellor, an adviser.
    -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2.
    -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14.
    -गण्डकः knowledge, science.
    -गुप्तिः f. secret coun- sel.
    -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent.
    -गृहम् a council-chamber.
    -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of mini- sters; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8.
    -जा the power of spells; L. D. B.
    -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night.
    -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17.
    -ज्ञ a.
    1 knowing sacred texts.
    -2 skilled in counsel.
    -3 skilled in spells.
    -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser.
    -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms.
    -3 a spy.
    -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel.
    -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र.
    -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153.
    -दर्शिन् m.
    1 a seer of Vedic hymns.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212.
    -दीधितिः fire.
    -दृश् a.
    1 knowing sacred texts.
    -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.)
    1 a seer of Vedic hymns
    -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1.
    -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra.
    -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor.
    -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation.
    -पदम् the words of a sacred text.
    -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2.
    -प्रभावः the power of a spell.
    -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells.
    -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell.
    -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel.
    -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् magic.
    -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula.
    -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means.
    -योगः 1 employment or application of spells.
    -2 magic.
    -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret.
    -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells.
    -वहः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -वादः the substance of sacred texts.
    -वादिन् m.
    1 a reciter of sacred texts.
    -2 an enchanter, a conjurer.
    -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above.
    -विद्या the science of spells, magic.
    -शक्तिः f. the power of spells.
    -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard.
    -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153.
    -संस्क्रिया any magical rite.
    -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18.
    -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns.
    -साधकः a magician, conjurer.
    -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic.
    -2 a spell, an incantation.
    -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44.
    -साध्य a.
    1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65.
    -2 attainable by consultation.
    -सिद्ध a.
    1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2.
    -सिद्धिः f.
    1 the working or accomplishment of a spell.
    -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person.
    -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string.
    -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution.
    -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells.
    -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > मन्त्रः _mantrḥ

  • 9 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    - a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 10 कल्प _kalpa

    कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्]
    1 Practicable, feasible, possible,
    -2 Proper, fit, right.
    -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3.
    -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c.
    -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance.
    -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147.
    -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7.
    -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185.
    -5 End of the world, universal destruction.
    -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48.
    -7 Medical treat- ment of the sick.
    -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग.
    -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of infe- riority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c.
    -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes.
    -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम.
    -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22.
    -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor.
    -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46.
    -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7;
    -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4.
    -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v.
    -2 a barber.
    -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1.
    -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41.
    -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15.
    -3 any productive or boun- tiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3.
    -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1.
    -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance.
    -पालः 1 a pro- tector of order.
    -2 a seller of spirituous liquors.
    -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9.
    -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above.
    -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21.
    -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94.
    -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7.
    -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr.
    -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कल्प _kalpa

  • 11 destrozo

    m.
    1 damage.
    alguien tendrá que pagar los destrozos someone will have to pay for the damage
    2 destruction, desolation, rout, ravage.
    3 breakage, damage, wreckage.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: destrozar.
    * * *
    1 (acción) destruction
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=acción) destruction
    2) pl destrozos (=daños) havoc sing ; (=pedazos) debris sing

    causar o provocar destrozos — to cause o wreak havoc (en in)

    los destrozos causados por las inundaciones — the destruction caused by the flooding, the havoc wrought by the floods

    * * *
    * * *
    = defacement, smashing, ravages, rampage, decimation, rack and ruin, shambles.
    Ex. Finally, a few copies of an edition seem generally to have slipped through with their cancellanda uncancelled, so that examples of the original settings may sometimes be found (occasionally slashed by the warehouse keeper's shears, deliberate defacement which escaped notice).
    Ex. The traditional sacred silence has even been replaced by a wonderful and imaginative smashing of the 'sound barrier' between silent print and the world of activity.
    Ex. Problems faced maybe entirely new ones, such as protecting the library's stock from the ravages of climate or of insects.
    Ex. These nocturnal rampages by gangs of werewolves included chasing women, eating prodigiously, being splattered with mud, and caterwauling generally.
    Ex. Over the past decades librarians have been variously outraged and resigned to budget cuts and spiralling prices, leading to the decimation of their holdings.
    Ex. The policies that the Mugabe government have taken have lead the country to economic and political rack and ruin.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'From shambles to showplace'.
    ----
    * causar destrozos = wreak + devastation.
    * destrozo intencionado = mutilation.
    * destrozo producido por las condiciones ambientales = environmental damage.
    * * *
    * * *
    = defacement, smashing, ravages, rampage, decimation, rack and ruin, shambles.

    Ex: Finally, a few copies of an edition seem generally to have slipped through with their cancellanda uncancelled, so that examples of the original settings may sometimes be found (occasionally slashed by the warehouse keeper's shears, deliberate defacement which escaped notice).

    Ex: The traditional sacred silence has even been replaced by a wonderful and imaginative smashing of the 'sound barrier' between silent print and the world of activity.
    Ex: Problems faced maybe entirely new ones, such as protecting the library's stock from the ravages of climate or of insects.
    Ex: These nocturnal rampages by gangs of werewolves included chasing women, eating prodigiously, being splattered with mud, and caterwauling generally.
    Ex: Over the past decades librarians have been variously outraged and resigned to budget cuts and spiralling prices, leading to the decimation of their holdings.
    Ex: The policies that the Mugabe government have taken have lead the country to economic and political rack and ruin.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'From shambles to showplace'.
    * causar destrozos = wreak + devastation.
    * destrozo intencionado = mutilation.
    * destrozo producido por las condiciones ambientales = environmental damage.

    * * *
    las inundaciones han causado grandes destrozos en toda la zona the floods have caused widespread damage throughout the area
    los destrozos causados por el temporal the storm damage, the destruction caused by the storm
    los niños hacen destrozos cuando los dejo solos the children wreck everything o cause havoc if I leave them on their own
    * * *

    Del verbo destrozar: ( conjugate destrozar)

    destrozo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    destrozó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    destrozar    
    destrozo
    destrozar ( conjugate destrozar) verbo transitivo
    a) (romper, deteriorar) ‹ zapatos to ruin;

    cristal/jarrón to smash;
    jugueteto pull … apart;
    coche to wreck;
    libro to pull apart
    b)felicidad/matrimonio/vida to wreck, destroy;

    corazón to break;

    destrozarse verbo pronominal

    [jarrón/cristal] to smash
    b)estómago/hígado to ruin

    destrozo sustantivo masculino: tb

    destrozar verbo transitivo
    1 (romper) to tear up, wreck, ruin
    2 (una tela, un papel) to tear to shreds, rip up
    3 (apenar, desgarrar) to shatter, devastate: me destroza verte así, it breaks my heart to see you this way
    4 (los planes, la convivencia, etc) to ruin
    destrozo sustantivo masculino
    1 destruction 2 destrozos, damage sing

    ' destrozo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    carnicería
    - estragos
    - daño
    * * *
    damage;
    alguien tendrá que pagar los destrozos someone will have to pay for the damage;
    causar u [m5] ocasionar o [m5] provocar grandes destrozos to cause a lot of damage;
    el perro y el gato hicieron un destrozo en el jardín the dog and the cat caused havoc in the garden;
    ¡vaya destrozo que te has hecho en la rodilla! you've made a real mess of your knee!
    * * *
    1) daño: damage
    2) : havoc, destruction

    Spanish-English dictionary > destrozo

  • 12 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    - a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 13 ज्ञानम् _jñānam

    ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्]
    1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7.
    -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22.
    -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously.
    -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from medi- tation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3.
    -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18.
    -6 Conscience.
    -7 The Supreme spirit.
    -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -9 The Vedas taken collectively.
    -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5.
    -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3.
    -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37.
    -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly.
    -अपोहः forgetfulness.
    -अभ्यासः 1 study.
    -2 thinking, reflection.
    -आत्मन् a. all wise.
    -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय).
    -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or know- ledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड).
    -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally.
    -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding.
    -घन m. pure or mere know- ledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24.
    -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man.
    -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God.
    -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge.
    -दः a preceptor.
    -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge.
    -निश्चयः certainty, ascertain- ment.
    -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134.
    -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit.
    -2 a teacher, preceptor.
    -पूर्व a. prece- ded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89.
    -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise.
    -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise.
    -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge.
    -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher.
    -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3.
    -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring.
    -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge.
    -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41.
    -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c.
    -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8.
    -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling.
    -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge.
    -2 an organ of perception.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > ज्ञानम् _jñānam

  • 14 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 15 video

    vĭdĕo, vīdi, vīsum, 2 (viden', i.e. videsne, Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 37; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 10; 2, 2, 34; 4, 6, 16; Cat. 61, 98; Tib. 2, 2, 17; Verg. A. 6, 779; inf. viderier, Cic. Dom. 53, 136; Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 33:

    vidĕ,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 46), v. a. and n. [Sanscr. root vid-, vēda, know; vindāmi, find; cf. vēda-s, sacred book; Gr. root id, Wid-, in eidon, saw; oida, know; Germ. wissen; Engl. wit, wot], to see, perceive, with the eyes (syn. cerno).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.: Ph. Tun' me vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis. Ph. Carebis, credo, Qui plus vident, quam quod vident. Sc. Numquam hercle deterrebor, Quin viderim id quod viderim, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 15 sq.:

    clare oculis video,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 35:

    nos enim ne nunc quidem oculis cernimus ea, quae videmus, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; id. de Or. 3, 40, 161:

    Considium, quod non vidisset, pro viso sibi renuntiasse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22 fin.:

    mulieres et pueri qui visum processerant,

    Sall. J. 94, 5:

    ut juvat pastas oves Videre properantes domum! Videre fessos vomerem inversum boves Collo trahentes languido!

    Hor. Epod. 2, 62 sq.:

    serpentes atque videres Infernas errare canes,

    id. S. 1, 8, 35 et saep.—With ut and ind. (poët.):

    viden', ut geminae stant vertice cristae?

    Verg. A. 6, 779:

    viden' ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?

    Cat. 61, 77.—With ut and subj.:

    nonne vides, ut tota tremor pertemptet equorum Corpora?

    Verg. G. 3, 250:

    nonne vides ut... Antennae gemant?

    Hor. C. 1, 14, 3.— Pass.:

    ubi sol sex mensibus continuis non videtur,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 4:

    a se disertos visos esse multos,

    Quint. 8, praef. § 13; cf. id. 12, 1, 21:

    consulis ante pedes ire viderer eques,

    Ov. P. 4, 9, 18.— Absol., to see, i. e. to have the eyes open, to be awake, Verg. E. 6, 21.— Impers. pass.: De. Vide sis modo etiam. Ly. Visum'st, Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 52; id. As. 3, 3, 95.—
    2.
    Transf.
    a.
    Of things ( poet.), to see:

    (Apenninus) Gallica rura videt,

    Luc. 2, 429:

    et casus abies visura marinos,

    i. e. to experience, Verg. G. 2, 68.—
    b.
    Of places, etc., to look out on, afford a view of (post-Aug.):

    triclinium hortum et gestationem videt,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 13.—
    c.
    Of the other senses, to perceive, observe any thing:

    vidistin' toto sonitus procurrere caelo?

    Prop. 2, 16 (3, 8), 49:

    mugire videbis Sub pedibus terram et descendere montibus ornos,

    Verg. A. 4, 490:

    tum videres Stridere secretā divisos aure susurros,

    Hor. S. 2, 8, 77:

    naso poljam haec quidem videt plus quam oculis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 44.—
    B.
    In partic., to see on purpose, to look at any thing:

    vide sis signi quid siet,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 155; cf.:

    vide, tali ubi sint,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 151:

    illud vide, os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:

    vide, si non os inpudens Videtur,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 23; cf.:

    specta me, a threatening expression,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 19 al.: quin tu me vides? only look at me! i. e. see what I have done! Cic. Pis. 25, 61.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., to see with the mind's eye, to perceive, mark, observe, discern, understand, comprehend, be aware, know, etc. (class.;

    syn. percipio): ad te, ut video, comminus accessit,

    Cic. Att. 2, 2, 2:

    quem exitum ego tam video animo, quam ea, quae oculis cernimus,

    id. Fam. 6, 3, 2:

    aperte enim adulantem nemo non videt,

    sees through, detects, id. Lael. 26, 99:

    si dormientes aliquid animo videre videamur,

    id. Ac. 2, 40, 125:

    aliquid in somnis,

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:

    somnia,

    id. Div. 2, 71, 147:

    quod ego, cur nolim, nihil video,

    id. Fam. 9, 6, 2:

    nonne vobis videtur is animus qui plus cernat et longius, videre se ad meliora proficisci: ille autem cui obtusior est acies non videre?

    id. Sen. 23, 83.—With comp., plus, etc.:

    ut is qui illusus sit plus vidisse videatur,

    to have seen farther, had more insight, Cic. Lael. 26, 99:

    videre acutius atque acrius vitia in dicente quam recta,

    id. de Or. 1, 25, 116:

    aliena melius videre et dijudicare,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 97 (95): cum me vidisse plus fateretur, se speravisse meliora, that I had seen farther, Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 39; cf.:

    sin autem vos plus in re publicā vidistis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; cf.:

    vos universos in consule deligendo plurimum vidisse fateantur,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 103:

    di vatesque eorum in futurum vident,

    Liv. 6, 12.—With two accs.:

    quem virum Crassum vidimus,

    Cic. Sen. 17, 61; cf.:

    officiorum conjunctione me privatum videbam,

    id. Brut. 1, 1:

    cum invidiosum se propter nimias opes viderit,

    Just. 32, 4, 4.—With ut and ind. (poët.):

    nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,

    Verg. G. 1, 56.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To look at, look to, consider, to think or reflect upon (cf.:

    reputo, considero): duae condiciones sunt: utram tu accipias, vide,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 118:

    nunc ea videamus, quae contra ab his disputari solent,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 13, 40:

    id primum videamus, quātenus amor in amicitiā progredi debeat,

    id. Lael. 11, 36:

    sed videamus Herculem ipsum,

    id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20 Klotz ad loc.:

    quamobrem et haec videnda et pecuniae fugienda cupiditas,

    id. Off. 1, 20, 68:

    te moneo: videas etiam atque etiam et consideres, quid agas, quo progrediare, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:

    legi Bruti epistolam non prudenter rescriptam: sed ipse viderit,

    let him see to that himself, id. Att. 12, 21, 1; so,

    viderit,

    Ov. A. A. 2, 371; id. Tr. 5, 2, 43; cf.:

    quam id recte faciam, viderint sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 10; and:

    quae (ars) quam sit facilis, illi viderint, qui, etc.... deinde etiam tu ipse videris, qui eam artem facilem esse dicis,

    id. de Or. 1, 58, 246:

    viderint ista officia viri boni,

    id. Quint. 17, 55.—
    2.
    To look out for, see to, care for, provide:

    atque idem (sapiens) ita acrem in omnis partis aciem intendit, ut semper videat sedem sibi ac locum sine molestiā vivendi,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 38:

    antecesserat Statius, ut prandium nobis videret,

    i. e. provide, id. Att. 5, 1, 3:

    dulciculae potionis aliquid videamus et cibi,

    id. Tusc. 3, 19, 46:

    aliud lenius (vinum),

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 50:

    Philippum dixisse constabat, videndum sibi aliud esse consilium, illo senatu se rem publicam gerere non posse,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 2:

    absque eo esset, Recte ego mihi vidissem,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 12.—
    3.
    To take care, see to it, make sure, with final clause:

    navem idoneam ut habeas, diligenter videbis,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 2; cf.:

    videret, ut quam primum tota res transigeretur,

    id. Quint. 5, 20:

    ne fortuna mea desit, videte,

    Liv. 6, 18, 8.— Impers. pass.:

    videndum est, ne absit benignitas... tum, ut pro dignitate cuique tribuatur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    ut Latine loquamur, non solum videndum est ut verba efferamus ea, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 11, 40; cf.:

    vos videte, quid aliae faciant isto loco feminae: et ne, cum velitis, exire non liceat,

    id. Fam. 14, 18, 2.—
    4.
    To see, i. e. reach, attain, obtain, enjoy.
    a.
    In gen.:

    qui suo toto consulatu somnum non viderit,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 30, 1.—
    b.
    Esp., to see, live to see a period or event:

    ex multis diebus, quos in vitā celeberrimos laetissimosque viderit,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    utinam eum diem videam, cum, etc.,

    id. Att. 16, 11, 1:

    duxi uxorem: quam ibi miseriam vidi!

    Ter. Ad. 5, 4, 13:

    spero multa vos liberosque vestros in re publicā bona esse visuros,

    Cic. Mil. 28, 78:

    multas jam summorum imperatorum clarissimas victorias aetas nostra vidit,

    id. ib. 28, 77:

    tantum pro! degeneramus a parentibus nostris, ut praeter quam oram illi Punicas vagari classes dedecus esse imperii sui duxerint, eam nos nunc plenam hostium jam factam videamus,

    Liv. 22, 14, 6; cf. id. 6, 14, 4.—
    5.
    Pregn., to see, i. e. go to see, visit (colloq.; cf.:

    viso, inviso): sed Septimium vide et Laenatem,

    Cic. Att. 12, 14, 1:

    quā re etiam Othonem vide,

    id. ib. 12, 37, 4:

    videbis ergo hominem, si voles,

    id. ib. 4, 12 init.:

    mane videas Plinium domi,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 5, 8; Suet. Tib. 7.— Pass., to receive attention, be visited, Amm. 14, 7, 10.—
    6.
    Me vide, rely on me, trust me, believe me, a formula of exhortation and assurance (ante-class.), Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Mil. 2, 4, 23 Lorenz ad loc.; id. Rud. 3, 3, 18; id. Merc. 5, 4, 53; Ter. And. 2, 2, 13; id. Phorm. 4, 4, 30.—
    7.
    Pass., to be looked upon or regarded in any manner, i. e. to seem, appear to be or do any thing:

    numquam periculi fugā committendum est, ut imbelles timidique videamur,

    Cic. Off. 1, [p. 1989] 24, 83:

    ne id, quod speciem haberet honesti, pugnaret cum eo, quod utile videretur,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 7:

    multo rem turpiorem fore et iniquiorem visum iri intellegebant,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; cf. id. de Or. 3, 11, 42:

    ex quo illorum beata mors videtur, horum vita laudabilis,

    id. Lael. 7, 23.—Parenthet. (cf. c. infra):

    cum ceteris, ut quidem videor, tum mihi ipse displiceo,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 13, 3:

    ea vocabula non, ut videntur, easdem res significant,

    id. ib. 3, 34, 84.—With dat. of pers.:

    cetera, quae quibusdam admirabilia videntur, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    digna mihi res cum omnium cognitione tum nostrā familiaritate visa est,

    id. ib. 1, 4:

    idonea mihi Laelii persona visa est, quae, etc.,

    id. ib.:

    a naturā mihi videtur potius quam ab indigentiā orta amicitia,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    quae Aristoni et Pyrrhoni omnino visa sunt pro nihilo,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 43:

    quod idem Scipioni videbatur,

    id. ib. 4, 14.—Parenthet. (cf. c. infra):

    quam nostris libris satis diligenter, ut tibi quidem videmur, expressimus,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, 1:

    Philargyrus omnia de te, ut mihi quidem visus est, narravit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 3.—
    (β).
    With inf.:

    de familiari illo tuo videor audisse,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 40; id. N. D. 1, 21, 58:

    satis facere rei publicae videmur, si, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 1, 2:

    ut beate vixisse videar, quia, etc.,

    id. Lael. 4, 15:

    solem e mundo tollere videntur, qui amicitiam e vitā tollunt,

    id. ib. 13, 47:

    videre jam videor populum a senatu disjunctum,

    id. ib. 12, 41; cf.:

    te vero, Caecili, quem ad modum sit elusurus, videre jam videor,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:

    vere videor posse contendere,

    Nep. Att. 12, 4:

    audire videor undique congerentes nomina poëtarum,

    Quint. 10, 1, 56; Vell. 2, 14, 1; Plin. Ep. 10, 61 (69), 1; id. Pan. 17, 1.—With dat. of pers., Cic. Lael. 14, 51:

    videor mihi perspicere ipsius animum,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5:

    hoc mihi videor videre,

    id. Inv. 2, 57, 171. —
    (γ).
    With nom. and inf.:

    ut exstinctae potius amicitiae quam oppressae esse videantur,

    Cic. Lael. 21, 78:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    quae (sapientia) videtur in hominem cadere posse,

    id. ib. 26, 100: visus 'st in somnis pastor ad me adpellere, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 44 B. and K.:

    ut Aratus ab Jove incipiendum putat, ita nos rite coepturi ab Homero videmur,

    Quint. 10, 1, 46.—With dat. of pers.:

    divitior mihi et affluentior videtur esse vera amicitia,

    Cic. Lael. 16, 58.—
    (δ).
    Impers., with acc. and inf. (rare; cf.

    creditur, in the same constr., and dicitur): non mihi videtur, ad beate vivendum satis posse virtutem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 5, 12:

    aliis videtur, non incohatam sed perfectam probationem hoc nomen accipere,

    Quint. 5, 10, 5 Spald.:

    quae vult videri, se esse prudentiam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 17, 71:

    quia videbatur et Limnaeam eodem tempore oppugnari posse,

    Liv. 36, 13, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.— Absol.:

    sed mihi contra ea videtur,

    Sall. J. 85, 2:

    seque facile, ut mihi videtur, expediunt,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 66; id. Marcell. 3, 10.—
    b.
    In official decisions, as a guarded opinion instead of a positive declaration:

    majores nostri voluerunt, quae jurati judices cognovissent, ea non ut esse facta, sed ut videri pronuntiarent,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 146:

    fecisse videri pronuntiat,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 6, § 14:

    cum pontifices decressent, videri posse sine religione eam partem areae mihi restitui,

    id. Att. 4, 2, 3:

    consul adjecit Senatusconsultum, Ambraciam non videri vi captam esse,

    Liv. 38, 44, 6:

    Scipionis sententiam sequuntur, uti ante certam diem Caesar exercitum dimittat: si non faciat, eum adversus rempublicam facturum videri,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 2.—
    c.
    Pregn., videtur (alicui), it seems proper, right, or fit, it seems good to any one; he ( she, etc.) pleases, likes.
    (α).
    With dat. of pers.:

    tibi si videbitur, villis iis utere, quae, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 7, 3:

    velim Lentulum puerum visas eique de mancipiis, quae tibi videbitur, attribuas,

    id. Att. 12, 28, 3:

    qui imitamur, quos cuique visum est,

    id. Off. 1, 32, 118:

    ut consul, quem videretur ei, cum imperio mitteret, qui, etc.,

    Liv. 31, 3, 2; 29, 20, 4: si ei videretur, integram rem ad senatum reiceret, if he pleased, a formula of politeness, Liv. 26, 16, 4 Weissenb. ad loc.;

    31, 4, 2: ut, si videretur ei, maturaret venire,

    id. 34, 46, 5.—
    (β).
    Without dat.:

    ubi visum est, sub vesperum dispersi discedunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 58: eam quoque, si videtur, correctionem explicabo, Cic. Ac. 1, 9, 35:

    nunc, si videtur, hoc, illud alias,

    id. Tusc. 1, 11, 23: M. Num non vis audire, etc.? A. Ut videtur, as you will, id. ib. 1, 32, 77:

    si videatur,

    Liv. 6, 25, 2; 26, 22, 7.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > video

  • 16 חול III

    חוֹלIII (b. h.; חלל) (outside of the sanctuary, foreign, profane, common, opp. קוֹרֶש; week-day, opp. שַׁבָּת, מוֹעֵד. Pes.104a; Ḥull.26b בין קודש לח׳ between what is sacred and what is secular. Shebu.35b כל שמות … חוץ מזה שהוא ח׳ all names of lordship ( Adonay) … are sacred, except the following which is secular (referring to persons).חוֹלוֹ של מועד, or חול המועד the half-festive days intervening between the first and the last days of Passover or of Succoth. Meg.22b; a. fr.Maas. Sh. III, 8 פתוחות לח׳ having an entrance on secular ground; Ib. תוכן ח׳ their inside is secular ground. B. Mets.84b כלי … ישתמש בו ח׳ shall the vessel once used for sacred things, be used for secular purposes (shall R. Eleazars widow marry Rabbi)?; a. v. fr.Pl. חוּלִּין profane things, animals not consecrated, ordinary objects. Ḥull.2b, a. e. ח׳ שנעשו עלוכ׳ ordinary food (not Trumah) prepared with the precautions required for the levitical cleanness of consecrated food.Pes.22a, a. fr. ח׳ שנשחטו בעזרה animals not consecrated for sacrifices which were slaughtered in the Temple court. Ib., a. fr. ח׳ … דאורייתא the law forbidding the use of ordinary animals slaughtered, is not Biblical. Gitt.62a עיסת חוּלָּיו his ordinary dough; זיתי חוליו (not ים …), v. טָהֳרָה. Hag. I, 3 באות מן הח׳ are procured from secular funds, opp. to proceeds from second tithes; a. fr.Ber.32a (play on ויחל, Ex. 32:11) ח׳ הוא לךוכ׳ it is too foreign to thy nature to do such a thing; Yalk. Gen. 83, v. חָלִילָה. Ḥullin (= שְׁחִיטַת ח׳), name of a treatise of the Mishnah, Tosefta and Talmud Babli, of the Order of Kodashim, containing the laws concerning ordinary meat.

    Jewish literature > חול III

  • 17 חוֹל

    חוֹלIII (b. h.; חלל) (outside of the sanctuary, foreign, profane, common, opp. קוֹרֶש; week-day, opp. שַׁבָּת, מוֹעֵד. Pes.104a; Ḥull.26b בין קודש לח׳ between what is sacred and what is secular. Shebu.35b כל שמות … חוץ מזה שהוא ח׳ all names of lordship ( Adonay) … are sacred, except the following which is secular (referring to persons).חוֹלוֹ של מועד, or חול המועד the half-festive days intervening between the first and the last days of Passover or of Succoth. Meg.22b; a. fr.Maas. Sh. III, 8 פתוחות לח׳ having an entrance on secular ground; Ib. תוכן ח׳ their inside is secular ground. B. Mets.84b כלי … ישתמש בו ח׳ shall the vessel once used for sacred things, be used for secular purposes (shall R. Eleazars widow marry Rabbi)?; a. v. fr.Pl. חוּלִּין profane things, animals not consecrated, ordinary objects. Ḥull.2b, a. e. ח׳ שנעשו עלוכ׳ ordinary food (not Trumah) prepared with the precautions required for the levitical cleanness of consecrated food.Pes.22a, a. fr. ח׳ שנשחטו בעזרה animals not consecrated for sacrifices which were slaughtered in the Temple court. Ib., a. fr. ח׳ … דאורייתא the law forbidding the use of ordinary animals slaughtered, is not Biblical. Gitt.62a עיסת חוּלָּיו his ordinary dough; זיתי חוליו (not ים …), v. טָהֳרָה. Hag. I, 3 באות מן הח׳ are procured from secular funds, opp. to proceeds from second tithes; a. fr.Ber.32a (play on ויחל, Ex. 32:11) ח׳ הוא לךוכ׳ it is too foreign to thy nature to do such a thing; Yalk. Gen. 83, v. חָלִילָה. Ḥullin (= שְׁחִיטַת ח׳), name of a treatise of the Mishnah, Tosefta and Talmud Babli, of the Order of Kodashim, containing the laws concerning ordinary meat.

    Jewish literature > חוֹל

  • 18 commoveo

    com-mŏvĕo ( conm-), mōvi, mōtum, 2 (contr. forms:

    commōrunt,

    Lucr. 2, 766; commōrat, Turp. ap. Non. p. 278, 2; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 51; commōrit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 1; Hor. S. 2, 1, 45;

    commossem,

    Cic. Planc. 37, 90;

    commosset,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 45;

    commosse,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 37, § 96; id. Fam. 7, 18, 3), v. a., to put something in violent motion, to move; both of removing from a place and backwards and forwards in a place; to shake, stir (freq. in every period and species of composition).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    To remove from a place, to carry away, displace, to start, set in motion, move:

    neque miser me commovere possum prae formidine,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 181; id. Truc. 4, 3, 44:

    facilius est currentem incitare quam commovere languentem,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 44, 186:

    columnas,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 55, § 145:

    castra ex eo loco,

    to move forward, decamp, id. ib. 2, 5, 37, § 96; cf.

    aciem,

    to set the line in motion, Liv. 2, 65, 5; 9, 27, 10:

    se ex eo loco,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 15, 42:

    se domo,

    id. Fam. 9, 5, 2:

    me Thessalonicā,

    id. Att. 3, 13, 1:

    te istinc,

    id. Fam. 6, 20, 3: agmen loco. to force back, cause to retreat, Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 58, 20; so,

    hostem,

    Liv. 9, 40, 9; 10, 29, 9:

    cervum,

    Verg. A. 7, 494:

    molem,

    Val. Fl. 2, 33:

    nummum,

    i. e. to use in business, Cic. Font. 5, 11 (1, 1); id. Fl. 19, 44:

    ais, si una littera commota sit, fore tota ut labet disciplina. Utrum igitur tibi litteram videor an totas paginas commovere?

    id. Fin. 4, 19, 53.—Sacra, t. t., to move or carry about the sacred utensils, images, etc., for religious use, Verg. A. 4, 301 Serv.; cf. Cato, R. R. 134, 4:

    ancilia,

    Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 3:

    tripodes,

    Sen. Med. 786.—Hence, humorously: mea si commovi sacra, if I put my instruments (artifices, tricks, etc.) in motion, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 107. —Prov.:

    glaebam commosset in agro decumano Siciliae nemo,

    would have stirred a clod, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 45.—
    B. 1.
    Of things:

    magni commorunt aequora venti,

    Lucr. 2, 766:

    alas,

    Verg. A. 5, 217; cf.:

    penna commota volucris,

    Sil. 6, 59; Sen. Agam. 633. —
    2.
    Of persons, with se:

    quis sese commovere potest, cujus ille (sc. Roscius) vitia non videat?

    can stir, Cic. de Or. 2, 57, 233:

    num infitiari potes te... meā diligentiā circumclusum commovere te contra rem publicam non potuisse,

    id. Cat. 1, 3, 7; Nep. Ages. 6, 3; Liv. 2, 54, 6; cf.:

    Lanuvii hastam se commovisse,

    id. 21, 62, 4.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. A.) To move, drive back, distodge, refute, confute:

    nunc comminus agamus experiamurque, si possimus cornua commovere disputationis tuae,

    Cic. Div. 2, 10, 26:

    si convellere adoriamur ea, quae commoveri non possunt,

    id. de Or. 2, 51, 205.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. B.) To throw into disorder, physical or mental; to unbalance, unsettle, shake, disturb (rare but class.):

    adflantur alii sidere, alii commoventur statis temporibus alvo, nervis, capite, mente,

    Plin. 2, 41, 41, § 108:

    perleviter commotus fuerat... (postea) eum vidi plane integrum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2: Bacchi sacris commota, Poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 36, 80:

    commotus habebitur, i. e. mente captus,

    frantic, crazed, Hor. S. 2, 3, 209; cf.:

    commota mens,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 278; Plin. 36, 21, 40, § 152; and:

    commotus mente,

    id. 23, 1, 16, § 23.—
    2. (α).
    With abl.: commorat hominem lacrimis, Turp. ap. Non. p. 278, 2:

    aliquem nimiā longinquitate locorum ac desiderio suorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    aut libidine aliquā aut metu,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 102; id. Font. 16, 36 (12, 26):

    ludis,

    id. Mur. 19, 40:

    quis enim, cum sibi fingit aliquid et cogitatione depingit, non simul ac se ipse commovit atque ad se revocavit, sentit, etc.,

    aroused, id. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    adfectibus,

    Quint. 9, 4, 4:

    doctā voce,

    id. 2, 16, 9:

    cujus atrocitate,

    id. 6, 1, 32:

    vix sum apud me, ita animus commotu'st metu, Spe, gaudio,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 34; Quint. 1, 2, 30:

    commota vehementi metu mens,

    Lucr. 3, 153. —
    (β).
    Absol.:

    commorat omnes nos,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 51:

    cum aliqua species utilitatis objecta est, commoveri necesse est,

    one must be affected by it, it must make an impression on one, Cic. Off. 3, 8, 35:

    nihil me clamor iste commovet,

    id. Rab. Perd. 6, 18:

    si quos adversum proelium et fuga Gallorum commoveret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    in commovendis judiciis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 45, 189; cf.:

    commotus ab oratore judex,

    Quint. 6, 2, 7:

    qui me commorit, flebit,

    provoke, rouse, Hor. S. 2, 1, 45:

    Neptunus graviter commotus,

    Verg. A. 1, 126:

    domo ejus omnia abstulit quae paulo magis animum cujuspiam aut oculos possent commovere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 34, § 83; Quint. 12, 10, 50: dormiunt;

    pol ego istos commovebo,

    awake, arouse, Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 8:

    porticus haec ipsa et palaestra Graecarum disputationum memoriam quodammodo commovent,

    stir up, awaken, revive, Cic. de Or. 2, 5, 20.—Of things:

    aes alienum,

    to demand, Tac. A. 6, 17:

    commotā principis domo,

    id. ib. 4, 52 init.:

    si umquam vitae cupiditas in me fuisset, ego... omnium parricidarum tela commossem?

    provoked, Cic. Planc. 37, 90. —
    (γ).
    With in and abl.:

    qui cum ingeniis conflictatur ejus modi, Neque commovetur animus in eā re tamen,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 67:

    vidi enim vos in hoc nomine, cum testis diceret, commoveri,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 125:

    in hac virgine commotus sum,

    i. e. in love, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 19.—
    (δ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam cum esset ex aere alieno commota civitas,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58; Auct. B. Afr. 57, 72.—
    (ε).
    With ad and acc.:

    nec sane satis commoveor animo ad ea. quae vis canenda,

    Cic. ad Q. Fr. 3, 5, 4:

    homines ad turpe compendium,

    Auct. Her. 4, 40, 52.—
    (ζ).
    With ut and subj.:

    adeone me ignavom putas, ut neque me consuetudo neque amor Commoveat neque commoneat, ut servem fidem?

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 45:

    tua nos voluntas commovit, ut conscriberemus, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1.—
    b.
    Of the passions, etc., to rouse, stir up, excite, produce, generate: belli magnos commovit funditus aestus, moved the waves of strife from their foundations, Lucr. 5, 1434; cf.:

    commovere tumultum aut bellum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 8, § 20:

    misericordiam, invidiam, iracundiam,

    id. de Or. 2, 47, 195; cf.:

    commovere miserationem,

    Quint. 6, 1, 46; 10, 1, 64:

    magnum et acerbum dolorem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 21, § 47:

    invidiam aliquam in me,

    id. Phil. 3, 7, 18:

    summum odium in eum,

    id. Inv. 1, 54, 103:

    bilem,

    id. Att. 2, 7, 2:

    multorum scribendi studia,

    id. N. D. 1, 4, 8:

    adfectus,

    Quint. 4, prooem. § 6; 5, 8, 3; cf.:

    adfectus vehementer commotos (opp. lenes),

    id. 6, 2, 9.—
    C.
    In discourse:

    nova quaedam,

    to start new doctrines, adduce novelties, Cic. Ac. 2, 6, 18.— Hence, commōtus, a, um, P. a., moved, excited, aroused:

    genus (dicendi) in agendo,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 9, 32; cf.:

    Fimbria paulo fervidior atque commotior,

    id. Brut. 34, 129:

    incidere in rem commotam (i. e. amorem),

    Sen. Ep. 116, 5:

    animus commotior,

    Cic. Div. 1, 37, 80:

    commotius ad omnia turbanda consilium,

    Liv. 6, 14, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Drusus animo commotior,

    more violent, passionate, Tac. A. 4, 3; cf.:

    commotus ingenio,

    id. ib. 6, 45; and:

    Agrippina paulo commotior,

    id. ib. 1, 33:

    commoto similis,

    to one provoked, enraged, Suet. Aug. 51; cf. id. Tib. 51.— Sup. and adv. apparently not in use.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > commoveo

  • 19 conmoveo

    com-mŏvĕo ( conm-), mōvi, mōtum, 2 (contr. forms:

    commōrunt,

    Lucr. 2, 766; commōrat, Turp. ap. Non. p. 278, 2; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 51; commōrit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 1; Hor. S. 2, 1, 45;

    commossem,

    Cic. Planc. 37, 90;

    commosset,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 45;

    commosse,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 37, § 96; id. Fam. 7, 18, 3), v. a., to put something in violent motion, to move; both of removing from a place and backwards and forwards in a place; to shake, stir (freq. in every period and species of composition).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    To remove from a place, to carry away, displace, to start, set in motion, move:

    neque miser me commovere possum prae formidine,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 181; id. Truc. 4, 3, 44:

    facilius est currentem incitare quam commovere languentem,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 44, 186:

    columnas,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 55, § 145:

    castra ex eo loco,

    to move forward, decamp, id. ib. 2, 5, 37, § 96; cf.

    aciem,

    to set the line in motion, Liv. 2, 65, 5; 9, 27, 10:

    se ex eo loco,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 15, 42:

    se domo,

    id. Fam. 9, 5, 2:

    me Thessalonicā,

    id. Att. 3, 13, 1:

    te istinc,

    id. Fam. 6, 20, 3: agmen loco. to force back, cause to retreat, Sisenn. ap. Non. p. 58, 20; so,

    hostem,

    Liv. 9, 40, 9; 10, 29, 9:

    cervum,

    Verg. A. 7, 494:

    molem,

    Val. Fl. 2, 33:

    nummum,

    i. e. to use in business, Cic. Font. 5, 11 (1, 1); id. Fl. 19, 44:

    ais, si una littera commota sit, fore tota ut labet disciplina. Utrum igitur tibi litteram videor an totas paginas commovere?

    id. Fin. 4, 19, 53.—Sacra, t. t., to move or carry about the sacred utensils, images, etc., for religious use, Verg. A. 4, 301 Serv.; cf. Cato, R. R. 134, 4:

    ancilia,

    Serv. ad Verg. A. 8, 3:

    tripodes,

    Sen. Med. 786.—Hence, humorously: mea si commovi sacra, if I put my instruments (artifices, tricks, etc.) in motion, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 107. —Prov.:

    glaebam commosset in agro decumano Siciliae nemo,

    would have stirred a clod, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 45.—
    B. 1.
    Of things:

    magni commorunt aequora venti,

    Lucr. 2, 766:

    alas,

    Verg. A. 5, 217; cf.:

    penna commota volucris,

    Sil. 6, 59; Sen. Agam. 633. —
    2.
    Of persons, with se:

    quis sese commovere potest, cujus ille (sc. Roscius) vitia non videat?

    can stir, Cic. de Or. 2, 57, 233:

    num infitiari potes te... meā diligentiā circumclusum commovere te contra rem publicam non potuisse,

    id. Cat. 1, 3, 7; Nep. Ages. 6, 3; Liv. 2, 54, 6; cf.:

    Lanuvii hastam se commovisse,

    id. 21, 62, 4.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. A.) To move, drive back, distodge, refute, confute:

    nunc comminus agamus experiamurque, si possimus cornua commovere disputationis tuae,

    Cic. Div. 2, 10, 26:

    si convellere adoriamur ea, quae commoveri non possunt,

    id. de Or. 2, 51, 205.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. B.) To throw into disorder, physical or mental; to unbalance, unsettle, shake, disturb (rare but class.):

    adflantur alii sidere, alii commoventur statis temporibus alvo, nervis, capite, mente,

    Plin. 2, 41, 41, § 108:

    perleviter commotus fuerat... (postea) eum vidi plane integrum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2: Bacchi sacris commota, Poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 36, 80:

    commotus habebitur, i. e. mente captus,

    frantic, crazed, Hor. S. 2, 3, 209; cf.:

    commota mens,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 278; Plin. 36, 21, 40, § 152; and:

    commotus mente,

    id. 23, 1, 16, § 23.—
    2. (α).
    With abl.: commorat hominem lacrimis, Turp. ap. Non. p. 278, 2:

    aliquem nimiā longinquitate locorum ac desiderio suorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    aut libidine aliquā aut metu,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 102; id. Font. 16, 36 (12, 26):

    ludis,

    id. Mur. 19, 40:

    quis enim, cum sibi fingit aliquid et cogitatione depingit, non simul ac se ipse commovit atque ad se revocavit, sentit, etc.,

    aroused, id. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    adfectibus,

    Quint. 9, 4, 4:

    doctā voce,

    id. 2, 16, 9:

    cujus atrocitate,

    id. 6, 1, 32:

    vix sum apud me, ita animus commotu'st metu, Spe, gaudio,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 34; Quint. 1, 2, 30:

    commota vehementi metu mens,

    Lucr. 3, 153. —
    (β).
    Absol.:

    commorat omnes nos,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 51:

    cum aliqua species utilitatis objecta est, commoveri necesse est,

    one must be affected by it, it must make an impression on one, Cic. Off. 3, 8, 35:

    nihil me clamor iste commovet,

    id. Rab. Perd. 6, 18:

    si quos adversum proelium et fuga Gallorum commoveret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    in commovendis judiciis,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 45, 189; cf.:

    commotus ab oratore judex,

    Quint. 6, 2, 7:

    qui me commorit, flebit,

    provoke, rouse, Hor. S. 2, 1, 45:

    Neptunus graviter commotus,

    Verg. A. 1, 126:

    domo ejus omnia abstulit quae paulo magis animum cujuspiam aut oculos possent commovere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 34, § 83; Quint. 12, 10, 50: dormiunt;

    pol ego istos commovebo,

    awake, arouse, Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 8:

    porticus haec ipsa et palaestra Graecarum disputationum memoriam quodammodo commovent,

    stir up, awaken, revive, Cic. de Or. 2, 5, 20.—Of things:

    aes alienum,

    to demand, Tac. A. 6, 17:

    commotā principis domo,

    id. ib. 4, 52 init.:

    si umquam vitae cupiditas in me fuisset, ego... omnium parricidarum tela commossem?

    provoked, Cic. Planc. 37, 90. —
    (γ).
    With in and abl.:

    qui cum ingeniis conflictatur ejus modi, Neque commovetur animus in eā re tamen,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 67:

    vidi enim vos in hoc nomine, cum testis diceret, commoveri,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 56, § 125:

    in hac virgine commotus sum,

    i. e. in love, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 19.—
    (δ).
    With ex and abl.:

    nam cum esset ex aere alieno commota civitas,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 33, 58; Auct. B. Afr. 57, 72.—
    (ε).
    With ad and acc.:

    nec sane satis commoveor animo ad ea. quae vis canenda,

    Cic. ad Q. Fr. 3, 5, 4:

    homines ad turpe compendium,

    Auct. Her. 4, 40, 52.—
    (ζ).
    With ut and subj.:

    adeone me ignavom putas, ut neque me consuetudo neque amor Commoveat neque commoneat, ut servem fidem?

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 45:

    tua nos voluntas commovit, ut conscriberemus, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1.—
    b.
    Of the passions, etc., to rouse, stir up, excite, produce, generate: belli magnos commovit funditus aestus, moved the waves of strife from their foundations, Lucr. 5, 1434; cf.:

    commovere tumultum aut bellum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 8, § 20:

    misericordiam, invidiam, iracundiam,

    id. de Or. 2, 47, 195; cf.:

    commovere miserationem,

    Quint. 6, 1, 46; 10, 1, 64:

    magnum et acerbum dolorem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 21, § 47:

    invidiam aliquam in me,

    id. Phil. 3, 7, 18:

    summum odium in eum,

    id. Inv. 1, 54, 103:

    bilem,

    id. Att. 2, 7, 2:

    multorum scribendi studia,

    id. N. D. 1, 4, 8:

    adfectus,

    Quint. 4, prooem. § 6; 5, 8, 3; cf.:

    adfectus vehementer commotos (opp. lenes),

    id. 6, 2, 9.—
    C.
    In discourse:

    nova quaedam,

    to start new doctrines, adduce novelties, Cic. Ac. 2, 6, 18.— Hence, commōtus, a, um, P. a., moved, excited, aroused:

    genus (dicendi) in agendo,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 9, 32; cf.:

    Fimbria paulo fervidior atque commotior,

    id. Brut. 34, 129:

    incidere in rem commotam (i. e. amorem),

    Sen. Ep. 116, 5:

    animus commotior,

    Cic. Div. 1, 37, 80:

    commotius ad omnia turbanda consilium,

    Liv. 6, 14, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    Drusus animo commotior,

    more violent, passionate, Tac. A. 4, 3; cf.:

    commotus ingenio,

    id. ib. 6, 45; and:

    Agrippina paulo commotior,

    id. ib. 1, 33:

    commoto similis,

    to one provoked, enraged, Suet. Aug. 51; cf. id. Tib. 51.— Sup. and adv. apparently not in use.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conmoveo

  • 20 domus

    dŏmus, ūs and i, 2d and 4th decl., f. [Sanscr. damas, house; Gr. root dem-ô, to build, whence domos, des-potês for demspotês; cf. Germ. Zimmer; Eng. timber, etc.], a house, home (for syn. cf. aedes, casa, domicilium, habitatio; mansio, sedes, tectum, tugurium; aedificium, moles). —Forms of the cases.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Nom.:

    domus,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 206; id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6 al.; Ter. And. 5, 3, 20; id. Eun. 5, 9, 8 al.; Cic. Lael. 27, 103; id. Rep. 1, 43; 3, 9 et saep.—
    (β).
    Gen., in the comic poets only the ante-class. form domi:

    haud quod tui me neque domi distaedeat,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 5:

    commeminit domi,

    id. Trin. 4, 3, 20; cf.:

    domi focique fac vicissim ut memineris,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 45:

    domi cupio (i.q. cupidus sum),

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 22; acc. to Don. Ter. l. l.: decora domi, Caecil. ap. Don. l. l.: conviva domi, Afran. ap. Non. 337, 23. But since Varro (except as infra, 2.):

    domūs,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 162 Müll. (twice); Cat. 64, 246; Verg. G. 4, 209; id. A. 1, 356; 4, 318; 645; 6, 27; 53; 81; Hor. C. 4, 12, 6; id. S. 2, 5, 108; Ov. M. 2, 737; Stat. S. 5, 2, 77; Suet. Caes. 81 et saep. The uncontr. form domuis, Varr. ap. Non. 491, 22; and Nigidius, acc. to Gell. 4, 16, 1; the form domos, used by Augustus exclusively, acc. to Suet. Aug. 87 (or domuos, acc. to Ritschl; v. Neue Formenl. 1, 362; cf. SENATVOS from senatus in the S. C. de Bacan.).—
    (γ).
    Dat.:

    domo,

    Cato R. R. 134, 2; 139; 141, 2; Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 13 (ex conj. Lachm.; also Lucr. 5, 1267);

    much more freq. domui,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 112, 8; Quint. 1, 10, 32; 7, 1, 53 Spald. and Zumpt N. cr.; Tac. H. 4, 68; Ov. M. 4, 66; id. Tr. 1, 2, 101; 3, 12, 50; id. Pont. 1, 2, 108; 3, 1, 75.—
    (δ).
    Acc.:

    domum,

    Plaut. Aul. prol. 3; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 54; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 90; Cic. Rep. 1, 39; 2, 5; 6, 19; 23; 26 et saep.—Apoc. form do = dô (for dôma): endo suam do, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 436 P.; and ap. Aus. Idyll. 12, 18 (Ann. v. 563 ed. Vahl.).—
    (ε).
    Voc.: domus, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 39, 139; id. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 26, 102; 3, 58, 217; Nov. ap. Non. 510; Verg. A. 2, 241.—
    (ζ).
    Abl., usually domo, Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 27; id. Curc. 1, 3, 53 et saep.; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 18; Cic. Rep. 2, 4; id. Off. 1, 39, 139 (four times) et saep.:

    domu,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 48; Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 128; Inscr. Grut. 599, 8; cf. Quint. 1, 6, 5.—
    b.
    Plur.
    (α).
    Nom., only domus, Verg. G. 4, 481; Liv. 3, 32, 2; 42, 1, 10; Suet. Ner. 38.—
    (β).
    Gen.: domorum ( poet.), Lucr. 1, 354; 489 saep.; Verg. G. 4, 159; id. A. 2, 445;

    usually domuum,

    Plin. 36, 13, 19, § 88; 8, 57, 82, § 221; Tac. A. 3, 24; 6, 45; Juv. 3, 72; Sen. Ep. 122, 9; Dig. 33, 2, 32, § 2 et saep.—
    (γ).
    Dat. and abl., only domibus, Varr. L. L. 5, § 160 Müll.; Caes. B. G. 6, 11, 2; id. B. C. 3, 42 fin.; Quint. 9, 4, 4; Tac. A. 3, 6; id. H. 1, 4; id. G. 46; Verg. G. 2, 443; Hor. C. 1, 22, 22; id. S. 2, 6, 71 et saep.—
    (δ).
    Acc. usually domos, Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 19; Lucr. 1, 18; 6, 241; Cic. Rep. 1, 13 (twice); Caes. B. G. 1, 30, 3; id. B. C. 3, 82, 4; Sall. C. 12, 3 and 4; Verg. G. 1, 182 et saep. The MSS. often vary between domos and domus; cf. Beier Cic. Off. 2, 18, 64; Drak. Liv. 3, 29, 5; Oud. Suet. Claud. 25; so Verg. A. 1, 140; id. G 4, 446 al. The form domus is certain, Att. ap. Gell. 14, 1, 34; Quadrig. ib. 17, 2, 5; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 4, § 7; Liv. 45, 1, 10.—
    2.
    Adverbial forms.
    a.
    Domi (also domui in good MSS. of Cic. Cat. 2, 6, 13; id. Tusc. 1, 22, 51; id. Mil. 7, 16; id. Att. 12, 25, 1; id. Off. 3, 26, 99; and Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41; 4, 54, 67;

    v. Neue, Formenl. 1, 540),

    at home, in the house, Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 12 et saep; Ter. And. 3, 2, 34 et saep.; Cic. Lael. 1, 2; id. Rep. 1, 13; id. Fin. 5, 15, 42 et saep.; Verg. E. 3, 33; Hor. S. 1, 1, 67; id. Ep. 1, 5, 3 et saep.; cf.

    opp. foris,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33; id. Merc. 3, 4, 2 (twice); Cic. Phil. 2, 11, 26; Sall. C. 52, 21 et saep.:

    meae domi,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 18; id. Most. 1, 3, 34; id. Mil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 15; and in the order domi meae, Cato ap. Charis. p. 101 P.; Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 36; [p. 610] Cic. Fam. 10, 25 fin.:

    tuae domi,

    id. ib. 4, 7, 4:

    suae domi,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 43;

    and in the order domi suae,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 50; Cic. Mil. 7; id. Caecin. 4, 10; Quint. 1, 1, 22 al.:

    nostrae domi,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 9; id. Poen. 4, 2, 16; Cic. Tusc. 5, 39;

    and in the order domi nostrae,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 18; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 2:

    alienae domi,

    id. Tusc. 1, 22, 51; id. Fam. 4, 7, 4; id. Dom. 40, 105:

    domi Caesaris,

    id. Att. 1, 12, 3; 2, 7, 3 Orell. N. cr.:

    istius domi (educatus),

    id. Quint. 5, 21; cf.:

    domi illius (fuisti),

    id. Div. in Caecil. 18, 58; id. Cluent. 60, 165:

    cujus domi fueras,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 42: id. Phil. 2, 14, 35; 2, 19, 48; id. Fam. 9, 3 fin.
    b.
    Domum, home, homewards, to the house, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40 et saep.; Ter. And. 1, 5, 20 et saep.; Cic. Lael. 3, 12; id. Verr. 1, 9, 25; id. Ac. 1, 3 et saep.; Verg. E. 1, 36; 10, 77 et saep.:

    domum meam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 1, 3; id. Fam. 9, 19:

    domum suam,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 31; Cic. Rep. 1, 14; 2, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 18 fin.; Caes. B. G. 2, 10, 4 al.:

    domum regiam (comportant),

    Sall. J. 76 fin.:

    Pomponii domum (venisse),

    Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112:

    domum Roscii,

    id. Rosc. Com. 9, 26:

    cujusdam hominis nobilis domum,

    id. Or. in Toga Cand. p. 521 ed. Orell.:

    domum reditio,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 5:

    domum concursus,

    id. B. C. 1, 53.—When more persons than one are spoken of, the plur. is freq. used:

    domos,

    Liv. 3, 5; 27, 51; 28, 2; Curt. 9, 8, 1 al.:

    domos nostras,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 19:

    domos suas,

    Sall. J. 66, 3; and: suas domos, Liv 2, 7; but the sing. also:

    Suebi domum reverti coeperunt,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 54.—Sometimes also with in and acc.:

    rex in domum se recepit,

    Liv. 44, 45:

    in domos atque in tecta refugere,

    id. 26, 10:

    cur non introeo in nostram domum?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 253; id. Capt. 4, 4, 3:

    venisse in M. Laecae domum,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 4; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 18, 2; and Suet. Vesp. 5.—
    c.
    Domo.
    (α).
    From home, out of the house, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 4; id. Stich. 1, 1, 29; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3; id. Mil. 4, 2, 7 et saep.; Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 19; id. Phorm. 4, 1, 20; Cic. Rep. 1, 12; id. Fl. 6, 14; id. Or. 26, 89 et saep.—
    (β).
    For domi, at home, in the house (rare):

    domo sibi quaerere remedium,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 27:

    haec ubi domo nascuntur,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 8, 2:

    domo se tenere,

    Nep. Epam. 10, 3:

    domo abditus,

    Suet. Caes. 20 tabulae domo asservantur, App. Apol. p. 541.—With in:

    in domo furtum factum ab eo, qui domi fuit,

    Quint. 5, 10, 16:

    rem quam e villa mea surripuit, in domo mea ponat,

    Sen. Const. Sap. 7 med.:

    in domo sua facere mysteria,

    Nep. Alcib. 3 fin.:

    quid illuc clamoris obsecro in nostra domo est?

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 4, 29; id. Ps. 1, 1, 82; Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 26:

    educatus in domo Pericli,

    Nep. Alcib. 2; so,

    in domo ejus,

    id. Lys. 3, 5; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    3.
    In colloq. lang.: domi habere aliquid, to have a thing at home, i. e. to have it about one, to have in abundance, to be provided with it, to have or know it one's self:

    domi habet animum falsiloquum... Domi dolos, domi delenifica facta, domi fallacias,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 36 sq.:

    domi habuit unde disceret,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 59 Ruhnk. In a like sense:

    id quidem domi est,

    Cic. Att. 10, 14, 2; cf. Plaut. Truc. 2, 5, 4: sed quid ego nunc haec ad te, cujus domi nascuntur? glauk eis Athênas, Cic. Fam. 9, 3 fin.
    B.
    Poet. transf., any sort of building or abode. So of the labyrinth, Verg. A. 6, 27;

    of a sacred grotto,

    id. ib. 6, 81;

    of the abode of the gods,

    id. ib. 10, 1; 101; Ov. M. 4, 736; 6, 269 al.;

    of the winds,

    Verg. G. 1, 371; Ov. M. 1, 279;

    of animals,

    Verg. G. 2, 209; id. A. 5, 214; Stat. Th. 1, 367;

    of birds,

    Verg. A. 8, 235;

    of Danaë's prison,

    Prop. 2, 20, 12 (3, 13, 12 M.);

    of the tomb: marmorea,

    Tib. 3, 2, 22;

    the same, DOMVS AETERNA,

    Inscr. Orell. 1174; 4525 sq.:

    AETERNALIS,

    ib. 4518 (cf. in Heb. for the grave, Eccl. 12, 5); and:

    CERTA,

    ib. 4850;

    of the body, as the dwelling of the soul,

    Ov. M. 15, 159; 458 et saep.
    II.
    Meton.
    A.
    In a wider sense, one's native place, country, home. M. Su. Siculus sum Syracusanus. M. So. Ea domus et patria est mihi, Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 10;

    so (with patria),

    id. Merc. 3, 4, 68; Verg. A. 7, 122; also with patria as an adjective, Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 2; Ov. M. 11, 269; cf. also Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 41; Verg. A. 5, 638; Ov. M. 13, 227 al.: domi aetatem agere, opp. patriă procul, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6; cf. Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 75; id. Capt. 2, 1, 3; id. Poen. 5, 2, 6; Caes. B. G. 1, 18, 6; 1, 20, 2; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 17; id. Q. Fr. 2, 14 fin.; Sall. C. 17, 4; id. J. 8, 1 et saep.:

    legiones reveniunt domum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 33; so id. ib. 52; Cic. Fam. 7, 5; Caes. B. C. 1, 34, 3; Liv. 23, 20 al.:

    ut (Galli) domo emigrent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31, 14:

    qui genus? unde domo?

    Verg. A. 8, 114; 10, 183.—Hence, the phrases belli domique, and domi militiaeque, in war and peace, v. bellum and militia;

    and cf.: noster populus in pace et domi imperat... in bello sic paret, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 40.—
    B.
    A household, family, race (cf. the Gr. oikos, and the Heb., v. Gesen. Lex. s. h. v. 7):

    domus te nostra tota salutat,

    Cic. Att. 4, 12; id. Fam. 13, 46; Liv. 3, 32; Quint. 7, 1, 53 (twice); Tac. A. 3, 55; id. Agr. 19; Suet. Aug. 25; Verg. A. 1, 284; 3, 97:

    tota domus duo sunt,

    Ov. M. 8, 636; id. F. 4, 544; Hor. C. 1, 6, 8; 3, 6, 26; Vulg. Matt. 10, 6 et saep.—Hence,
    b.
    In philos lang., a philosophical school, sect, Cic. Ac. 1, 4; Sen. Ep. 29 fin.; id. Ben. 5, 15.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > domus

См. также в других словарях:

  • Sacred and Profane Love — This article is on the painting. There is also a novel of this name by Arnold Bennett. Infobox Painting| image size=400px title=Sacred and Profane Love artist=Titian year=c. 1513 1514 type=Oil on canvas height=118 width=279 city=Rome… …   Wikipedia

  • Sacred and profane love — (1514; Rome, Galleria Borghese)    The Sacred and Profane Love is an allegorical painting rendered by Titian that relates compositionally to the Fête Champetre (c. 1510; Louvre, Paris) by Giorgione, his teacher. Until recently, the work was… …   Dictionary of Renaissance art

  • Sacred Harp — singing is a tradition of sacred choral music that took root in the Southern region of the United States. It is part of the larger tradition of shape note music. The music and its notation The name of the tradition comes from the title of the… …   Wikipedia

  • Sacred grove — Sacred groves were a feature of the mythological landscape and the cult practice of Old Europe, of the most ancient levels of Germanic paganism, Greek mythology, Slavic mythology, Roman mythology, and in Druidic practice. Sacred groves also… …   Wikipedia

  • Sacred architecture — (also known as religious architecture) is concerned with the design and construction of places of worship and/or sacred or intentional space, such as churches, mosques, stupas, synagogues, and temples. Many cultures devoted considerable resources …   Wikipedia

  • Sacred prostitution — Sacred prostitution, temple prostitution, or religious prostitution is a practice of worship that includes hieros gamos or sacred marriage performed as a fertility rite and part of sacred sexual ritual. Contents 1 Ancient Near East 1.1… …   Wikipedia

  • Sacred — ground redirects here. For the Star Trek: Voyager episode, see Sacred Ground (Star Trek: Voyager). Sanctity redirects here. For other uses, see Sanctity (disambiguation). Holy redirects here. For other uses, see Holy (disambiguation). For other… …   Wikipedia

  • Sacred Congregation of Propaganda —     Sacred Congregation of Propaganda     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► Sacred Congregation of Propaganda     The Sacred Congregation de Propaganda Fide, whose official title is sacra congregatio christiano nomini propagando is the department of the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Sacred Heart Catholic Church in Tampa, FL — Sacred Heart Catholic Church was founded in 1905 in downtown Tampa, Florida, and is one of the oldest churches, and is the oldest Catholic church, in the city of Tampa. [cite web |title= In the Heart of the City, Tampa Tribune… …   Wikipedia

  • Sacred — Sa cred, a. [Originally p. p. of OE. sacren to consecrate, F. sacrer, fr. L. sacrare, fr. sacer sacred, holy, cursed. Cf. {Consecrate}, {Execrate}, {Saint}, {Sexton}.] 1. Set apart by solemn religious ceremony; especially, in a good sense, made… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Sacred baboon — Sacred Sa cred, a. [Originally p. p. of OE. sacren to consecrate, F. sacrer, fr. L. sacrare, fr. sacer sacred, holy, cursed. Cf. {Consecrate}, {Execrate}, {Saint}, {Sexton}.] 1. Set apart by solemn religious ceremony; especially, in a good sense …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»